JTAG: shrink "scan_chain" output
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
156
157 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
158
159
160 @node Developers
161 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
162 @cindex developers
163
164 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
165 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
166 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
167 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
168
169 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
170 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
171
172 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
173
174 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
175 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
176
177 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
178
179 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
180
181 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
182
183 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
184 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
185 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
186 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
187 needing a GIT client:
188
189 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
190
191 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
192
193 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
194 from the repository or a snapshot.
195
196 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
197 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
198 Patches created against older versions may require additional
199 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
200
201 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
202
203 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
204 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
205 technical information about the software internals, development
206 processes, and similar documentation:
207
208 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
209
210 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
211 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
212 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
213
214 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
215
216 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
217 communication between developers:
218
219 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
220
221 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
222 The @file{PATCHES} file contains basic information about how
223 to prepare patches.
224
225
226 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
227 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
228 @cindex dongles
229 @cindex FTDI
230 @cindex wiggler
231 @cindex zy1000
232 @cindex printer port
233 @cindex USB Adapter
234 @cindex RTCK
235
236 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
237 an adapter .... [snip]
238
239 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
240 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
241 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
242 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
243 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
244 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
245 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
246
247
248 @section Choosing a Dongle
249
250 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
251
252 @enumerate
253 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
254 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
255 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
256 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
257 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
258 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
259 Ethernet port needed?
260 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
261 @end enumerate
262
263 @section Stand alone Systems
264
265 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
266 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
267 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
268 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
269 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
270
271 @section USB FT2232 Based
272
273 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
274 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
275 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
276 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
277 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
278 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
279
280 @itemize @bullet
281 @item @b{usbjtag}
282 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
283 @item @b{jtagkey}
284 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
285 @item @b{jtagkey2}
286 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
287 @item @b{oocdlink}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
289 @item @b{signalyzer}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
291 @item @b{evb_lm3s811}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
293 @item @b{luminary_icdi}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board, included in the Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92 Evaluation Kits.
295 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
297 @item @b{flyswatter}
298 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
299 @item @b{turtelizer2}
300 @* See:
301 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
302 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
303 @item @b{comstick}
304 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
305 @item @b{stm32stick}
306 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
307 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
308 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
309 @item @b{cortino}
310 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
311 @end itemize
312
313 @section USB JLINK based
314 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
315 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
316 AT91SAM764 internally.
317
318 @itemize @bullet
319 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
320 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
321 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
323 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
324 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
325 @end itemize
326
327 @section USB RLINK based
328 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
329
330 @itemize @bullet
331 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
332 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
333 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
334 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
335 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
336 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
337 @end itemize
338
339 @section USB Other
340 @itemize @bullet
341 @item @b{USBprog}
342 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
343
344 @item @b{USB - Presto}
345 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
346
347 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
348 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
349
350 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
351 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
352 @end itemize
353
354 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
355
356 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
357 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
358 these on the market.
359
360 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
361 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
362 of USB-based ones.
363
364 @itemize @bullet
365
366 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
367 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
368
369 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
370 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
371 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
372
373 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
374 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
375
376 @item @b{GW16402}
377 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
378
379 @item @b{Wiggler2}
380 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
381 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
382
383 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
384 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
385
386 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
387 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
388
389 @item @b{arm-jtag}
390 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
391
392 @item @b{chameleon}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
394
395 @item @b{Triton}
396 @* Unknown.
397
398 @item @b{Lattice}
399 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
400 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
401
402 @item @b{flashlink}
403 @* From ST Microsystems;
404 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
405 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
406
407 @end itemize
408
409 @section Other...
410 @itemize @bullet
411
412 @item @b{ep93xx}
413 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
414
415 @item @b{at91rm9200}
416 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
417
418 @end itemize
419
420 @node About JIM-Tcl
421 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
422 @cindex JIM Tcl
423 @cindex tcl
424
425 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
426 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
427 command interpreter.
428
429 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
430 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
431 much of anything about Tcl.
432 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
433
434 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
435
436 @itemize @bullet
437 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
438 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
439 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
440 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
441 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
442 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
443
444 @item @b{Missing Features}
445 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
446 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
447
448 @item @b{Scripts}
449 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
450 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
451 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
452
453 @item @b{Commands}
454 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
455 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
456 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
457 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
458
459 @item @b{Historical Note}
460 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
461
462 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
463 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
464 @end itemize
465
466 @node Running
467 @chapter Running
468 @cindex command line options
469 @cindex logfile
470 @cindex directory search
471
472 The @option{--help} option shows:
473 @verbatim
474 bash$ openocd --help
475
476 --help | -h display this help
477 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
478 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
479 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
480 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
481 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
482 --command | -c run <command>
483 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
484 @end verbatim
485
486 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
487 To specify a different (or multiple)
488 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
489
490 @example
491 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
492 @end example
493
494 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
495 @enumerate
496 @item the current directory,
497 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
498 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
499 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
500 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
501 @end enumerate
502 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
503
504 @section Simple setup, no customization
505
506 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
507 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
508 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
509 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
510 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
511
512 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
513 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
514 the server like:
515
516 @example
517 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
518 @end example
519
520 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
521 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
522 If all goes well you'll see output something like
523
524 @example
525 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
526 For bug reports, read
527 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
528 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
529 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
530 @end example
531
532 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
533 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
534 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
535
536 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
537
538 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
539 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
540 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
541 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
542 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
543 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
544 ensure that this always succeeds.
545 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
546 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
547 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
548 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
549
550 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
551 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
552 those channels.
553
554 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
555 the @option{-d} option.
556
557 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
558 @option{-c} command line switch.
559
560 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
561 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
562 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
563 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
564 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
565 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
566 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
567
568 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
569 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
570
571 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
572
573 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
574 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
575 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
576 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
577
578 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
579 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
580
581 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
582 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
583 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
584 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
585 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
586 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
587 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
588
589 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
590
591 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
592 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
593 and a USB cable on the other.
594 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
595 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
596
597 @enumerate
598 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
599 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
600 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
601 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
602 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
603 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
604 debugging host.
605
606 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
607 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
608 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
609 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
610 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
611
612 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
613 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
614 with 1.2 Volt boards.
615
616 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
617 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
618 ways to connect the cable.
619 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
620 Be sure it's firmly connected.
621
622 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
623 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
624 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
625 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
626 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
627 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
628 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
629 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
630
631 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
632 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
633 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
634 but are tedious to set up.
635 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
636 adapter signals to the right board pins.
637
638 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
639 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
640 you are using to run OpenOCD.
641 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
642
643 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
644 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
645 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
646
647 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
648 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
649 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
650
651 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
652 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
653 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
654 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
655
656 @end enumerate
657
658 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
659 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
660 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
661
662 @section Project Directory
663
664 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
665
666 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
667 single directory for your work with a given board.
668 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
669 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
670 files accessed through semihosting,
671 and for code you upload to the target board.
672 It is also the natural place to write files,
673 such as log files and data you download from the board.
674
675 @section Configuration Basics
676
677 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
678 a variety of ways you can mix them.
679 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
680
681 @itemize
682 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
683 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
684 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
685 @end itemize
686
687 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
688 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
689 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
690
691 @example
692 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
693
694 # GDB can also flash my flash!
695 gdb_memory_map enable
696 gdb_flash_program enable
697
698 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
699 @end example
700
701 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
702
703 @example
704 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
705 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
706 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
707 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
708 @end example
709
710 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
711 each supporting a different development task.
712 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
713 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
714
715 @quotation Important
716 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
717 problems with how it treats variables.
718 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
719 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
720 that can be tested in a later script.
721 @end quotation
722
723 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
724 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
725 to simplify your work.
726
727 @section User Config Files
728 @cindex config file, user
729 @cindex user config file
730 @cindex config file, overview
731
732 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
733 in one place.
734 One of the following will match your situation best:
735
736 @itemize
737 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
738 provided by someone else.
739 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
740 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
741 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
742 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
743 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
744 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
745
746 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
747 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
748
749 @enumerate
750 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
751 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
752 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
753 @end enumerate
754
755 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
756 The first is an interface config file.
757 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
758 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
759 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
760 meet your deadline:
761
762 @example
763 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
764 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
765 @end example
766
767 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
768 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
769 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
770 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
771
772 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
773 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
774 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
775 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
776 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
777 @xref{Autoprobing}.
778
779 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
780 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
781 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
782 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
783
784 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
785 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
786 giving access to your particular flash chips.
787 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
788 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
789
790 @quotation Note
791 When you write new configuration files, please submit
792 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
793 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
794 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
795 will help support users of any board using that chip.
796 @end quotation
797
798 @item
799 You may may need to write some C code.
800 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
801 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
802 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
803 a new chip architecture.
804 @end itemize
805
806 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
807 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
808 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
809
810 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
811 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
812 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
813 @itemize
814
815 @item
816 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
817 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
818 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
819 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
820
821 @item
822 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
823 @cindex vector_catch
824 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
825 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
826 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
827 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
828 along with messaging and tracing setup.
829 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
830
831 @item
832 You might need to override some defaults.
833 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
834 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
835
836 @item
837 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
838 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
839 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
840 @end itemize
841
842 @section Project-Specific Utilities
843
844 A few project-specific utility
845 routines may well speed up your work.
846 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
847
848 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
849 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
850 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
851 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
852 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
853 may help:
854
855 @example
856 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
857 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
858 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
859 # Leave the CPU halted.
860 reset init
861
862 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
863 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
864
865 # Start running.
866 resume 0x20000000
867 @}
868 @end example
869
870 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
871 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
872 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
873 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
874 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
875
876 @example
877 proc newboot @{ @} @{
878 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
879 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
880 # "reset halt" would be slower.
881 reset init
882
883 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
884 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
885 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
886 flash protect 0 0 1 off
887 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
888 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
889 flash protect 0 0 1 on
890
891 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
892 reset run
893 @}
894 @end example
895
896 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
897 from NAND.
898 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
899 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
900 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
901
902 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
903 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
904
905 @section Target Software Changes
906
907 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
908 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
909 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
910 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
911 handling issues like:
912
913 @itemize @bullet
914
915 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
916 @cindex ARM semihosting
917 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
918 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
919 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
920 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
921 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
922 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
923 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
924 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
925 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
926 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
927 NAND or SPI flash.
928
929 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
930 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
931 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
932 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
933 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
934
935 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
936 or otherwise prevent using that state,
937 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
938 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
939 work for an idle processor otherwise.
940
941 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
942 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
943 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
944 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
945 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
946
947 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
948 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
949 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
950 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
951 early code execution can be debugged
952 or firmware can be replaced.
953
954 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
955 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
956 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
957 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
958 operations like writing to memory.)
959
960 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
961 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
962 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
963 various kinds of message.
964 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
965
966 @end itemize
967
968 @node Config File Guidelines
969 @chapter Config File Guidelines
970
971 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
972 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
973 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
974 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
975
976 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
977 with files including the ones listed here.
978 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
979 @itemize @bullet
980 @item @file{interface} ...
981 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
982 @example
983 $ ls interface
984 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
985 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
986 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
987 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
988 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
989 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
990 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
991 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
992 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
993 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
994 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
995 $
996 @end example
997 @item @file{board} ...
998 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
999 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1000 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1001 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1002 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1003 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1004 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1005 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1006 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1007 a CPU and an FPGA.
1008 @example
1009 $ ls board
1010 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1011 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1012 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1013 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1014 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1015 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1016 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1017 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1018 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1019 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1020 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1021 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1022 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1023 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1024 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1025 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1026 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1027 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1028 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1029 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1030 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1031 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1032 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1033 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1034 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1035 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1036 $
1037 @end example
1038 @item @file{target} ...
1039 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1040 on a chip
1041 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1042 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1043 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1044 the target config file defines all of them.
1045 @example
1046 $ ls target
1047 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1048 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1049 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1050 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1051 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1052 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1053 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1054 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1055 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1056 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1057 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1058 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1059 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1060 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1061 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1062 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1063 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1064 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1065 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1066 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1067 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1068 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1069 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1070 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1071 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1072 $
1073 @end example
1074 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1075 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1076 @end itemize
1077
1078 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1079 file may override features in any of the above files by
1080 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1081 commands specific to their situation.
1082
1083 @section Interface Config Files
1084
1085 The user config file
1086 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1087
1088 @example
1089 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1090 @end example
1091
1092 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1093 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1094 sole developer who created it.
1095
1096 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1097 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1098 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1099 and need to provide a driver for it.
1100
1101 @section Board Config Files
1102 @cindex config file, board
1103 @cindex board config file
1104
1105 The user config file
1106 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1107
1108 @example
1109 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1110 @end example
1111
1112 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1113 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1114 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1115
1116 @enumerate
1117 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1118 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1119 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1120 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1121 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1122 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1123 @end enumerate
1124
1125 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1126 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1127 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1128 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1129
1130 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1131 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1132 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1133 configuration works.
1134
1135 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1136
1137 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1138 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1139 convention on how to use certain variables.
1140
1141 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1142 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1143 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1144 used at will within a target configuration file.
1145
1146 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1147 for a board with three chips:
1148
1149 @example
1150 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1151 set CHIPNAME network
1152 set ENDIAN big
1153 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1154 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1155 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1156 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1157
1158 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1159 set CHIPNAME video
1160 set ENDIAN little
1161 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1162 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1163 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1164 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1165
1166 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1167 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1168 unset ENDIAN
1169 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1170 @end example
1171
1172 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1173 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1174 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1175 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1176 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1177 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1178 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1179 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1180
1181 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1182 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1183 naming collisions.
1184
1185 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1186 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1187 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1188 up other clocks and peripherals.
1189
1190 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1191 @cindex variable names
1192
1193 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1194 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1195 one such chip (as shown above).
1196 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1197 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1198 to promote consistency and
1199 so that board files can override target defaults.
1200
1201 Inputs to target config files include:
1202
1203 @itemize @bullet
1204 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1205 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1206 tap identifier dotted names.
1207 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1208 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1209 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1210 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1211 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1212 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1213 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1214 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1215 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1216 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1217 @end itemize
1218
1219 Outputs from target config files include:
1220
1221 @itemize @bullet
1222 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1223 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1224 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1225 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1226 specific to that board and that target.
1227 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1228 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1229 @end itemize
1230
1231 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1232 @cindex event, reset-init
1233 @cindex reset-init handler
1234
1235 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1236 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1237 fully set up yet.
1238 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1239 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1240 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1241 handler is one of the most important.
1242
1243 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1244 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1245 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1246 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1247 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1248
1249 @quotation Note
1250 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1251 are included here.
1252 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1253 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1254 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1255 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1256 @end quotation
1257
1258 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1259 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1260 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1261 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1262 those as parameters.
1263 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1264 and disabling the watchdog.
1265 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1266 the next developer doing such work.
1267 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1268
1269 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1270 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1271 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1272 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1273
1274 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1275
1276 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1277 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1278 a low JTAG clock rate.
1279 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1280 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1281 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1282 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1283 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1284 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1285 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1286
1287 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1288 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1289 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1290 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1291 which might be less than that.
1292
1293 @quotation Warning
1294 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1295 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1296 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1297 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1298 @end quotation
1299
1300 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1301 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1302 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1303 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1304 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1305
1306 @section Target Config Files
1307 @cindex config file, target
1308 @cindex target config file
1309
1310 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1311 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1312 more target config files like this:
1313
1314 @example
1315 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1316 @end example
1317
1318 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1319 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1320 In summary the target files should contain
1321
1322 @enumerate
1323 @item Set defaults
1324 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1325 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1326 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1327 @item On-Chip flash
1328 @end enumerate
1329
1330 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1331 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1332 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1333
1334 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1335 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1336 can talk to the chip.
1337 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1338 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1339 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1340 and other processing engines.
1341
1342 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1343
1344 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1345 letting board config files express environment-specific
1346 differences in how things should be set up.
1347
1348 @example
1349 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1350 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1351 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1352 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1353 @} else @{
1354 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1355 @}
1356
1357 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1358 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1359 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1360 @} else @{
1361 set _ENDIAN little
1362 @}
1363
1364 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1365 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1366 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1367 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1368 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1369 @} else @{
1370 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1371 @}
1372 @end example
1373 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1374
1375 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1376 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1377 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1378
1379 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1380 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1381 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1382
1383 @example
1384 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1385 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1386 @end example
1387
1388 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1389 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1390 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1391 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1392 for taps.
1393
1394 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1395 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1396 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1397 looks (in part) like this:
1398
1399 @example
1400 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1401 @end example
1402
1403 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1404 to source such a config file twice, with different
1405 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1406 it adds a different TAP each time.
1407
1408 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1409 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1410 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1411 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1412
1413 @example
1414 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1415 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1416 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1417 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1418 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1419 @end example
1420
1421 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1422 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1423
1424 @itemize
1425 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1426 plus a JRC to enable them
1427 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1428 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1429 is not currently used)
1430 @end itemize
1431
1432 @subsection Add CPU targets
1433
1434 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1435 GDB and other commands can use it.
1436 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1437 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1438 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1439 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1440
1441 @example
1442 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1443 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1444 @end example
1445
1446 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1447 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1448 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1449 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1450 a work area if you can.
1451 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1452
1453 @example
1454 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1455 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1456 @end example
1457
1458 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1459
1460 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1461 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1462 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1463
1464 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1465 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1466 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1467 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1468 both signals.
1469
1470 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1471 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1472 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1473 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1474 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1475 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1476 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1477 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1478 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1479 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1480 not available.)
1481
1482 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1483 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1484 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1485 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1486 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1487 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1488 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1489 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1490
1491 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1492 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1493 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1494 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1495 slower clock than they will use later.
1496 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1497 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1498 than they will use later.
1499 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1500
1501 @quotation Important
1502 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1503 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1504 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1505 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1506 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1507 @end quotation
1508
1509 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1510
1511 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1512 special high speed download features - enable it.
1513
1514 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1515
1516 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1517 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1518 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1519 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1520 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1521 If you are using an external trace port,
1522 configure it in your board config file.
1523 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1524 configure it in your target config file.
1525
1526 @example
1527 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1528 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1529 @end example
1530
1531 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1532
1533 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1534
1535 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1536 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1537 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1538 the TARGET (chip) file.
1539
1540 Examples:
1541 @itemize @bullet
1542 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1543 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1544 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1545 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1546 @end itemize
1547
1548 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1549 @section Translating Configuration Files
1550 @cindex translation
1551 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1552 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1553 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1554 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1555 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1556 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1557
1558 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1559 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1560 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1561 convert other scripts later on.
1562
1563 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1564 replace job:
1565
1566 @example
1567 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1568 #
1569 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1570 #
1571 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1572 #
1573 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1574
1575 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1576 global TARGETNAME
1577
1578 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1579
1580 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1581 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1582 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1583 @}
1584 @end example
1585
1586
1587
1588 @node Daemon Configuration
1589 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1590 @cindex initialization
1591 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1592 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1593 supported.
1594
1595 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1596 @section Configuration Stage
1597 @cindex configuration stage
1598 @cindex config command
1599
1600 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1601 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1602 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1603 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1604 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1605 which may be issued interactively.
1606
1607 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1608 flash banks,
1609 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1610 and other basic setup.
1611 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1612 may access or activate TAPs.
1613 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1614 longer be issued.
1615
1616 @section Entering the Run Stage
1617
1618 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1619 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1620 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1621 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1622 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1623 You should see no errors at this point.
1624 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1625 commands you used to configure the server.
1626 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1627 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1628 on the scan chain.
1629
1630 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1631 become available.
1632 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1633 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1634 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1635 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1636 entry to the run stage.
1637
1638 @deffn {Config Command} init
1639 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1640 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1641 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1642 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1643 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1644 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1645
1646 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1647 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1648 configuration files and/or command line options.
1649
1650 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1651 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1652 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1653 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1654 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1655 @end deffn
1656
1657 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1658 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1659 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1660
1661 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1662 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1663 scan chain.
1664 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1665 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1666
1667 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1668 they return.
1669 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1670 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1671 @end deffn
1672
1673 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1674 @section TCP/IP Ports
1675 @cindex TCP port
1676 @cindex server
1677 @cindex port
1678 @cindex security
1679 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1680 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1681 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1682
1683 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1684 access using one or more of these ports.
1685 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1686 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1687 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1688
1689 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1690 @cindex GDB server
1691 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1692 The GDB port for the
1693 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1694 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1695 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1696 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1697 @end deffn
1698
1699 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1700 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1701 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1702 output from the Tcl engine.
1703 Intended as a machine interface.
1704 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1705 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1706 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1707 @end deffn
1708
1709 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1710 Specify or query the
1711 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1712 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1713 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1714 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1715 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1716 @end deffn
1717
1718 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1719 @section GDB Configuration
1720 @cindex GDB
1721 @cindex GDB configuration
1722 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1723 The ones listed here are static and global.
1724 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1725 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1726
1727 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1728 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1729 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1730 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1731 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1732 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1733 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1734 @end deffn
1735
1736 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1737 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1738 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1739 vFlash packet is received.
1740 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1741 @end deffn
1742
1743 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1744 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1745 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1746 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1747 for flash programming to work.
1748 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1749 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1750 @end deffn
1751
1752 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1753 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1754 by GDB memory read packets.
1755 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1756 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1757 @end deffn
1758
1759 @anchor{Event Polling}
1760 @section Event Polling
1761
1762 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1763 where significant events can happen at any time.
1764 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1765 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1766 or to GDB.
1767
1768 Examples of such events include:
1769
1770 @itemize
1771 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1772 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1773 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1774 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1775 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1776 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1777 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1778 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1779 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1780 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1781 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1782 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1783 @end itemize
1784
1785 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1786 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1787 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1788 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1789 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1790
1791 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1792 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1793 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1794 to the various active targets.
1795 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1796 which is normally done in the background.
1797
1798 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1799 Poll the current target for its current state.
1800 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1801 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1802 specific information about the current state is printed.
1803 An optional parameter
1804 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1805
1806 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1807 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1808 @example
1809 > poll
1810 background polling: on
1811 target state: halted
1812 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1813 current mode: Supervisor
1814 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1815 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1816 >
1817 @end example
1818 @end deffn
1819
1820 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1821 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1822 @cindex config file, interface
1823 @cindex interface config file
1824
1825 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1826 through commands in an interface configuration
1827 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1828 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1829
1830 @example
1831 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1832 @end example
1833
1834 These commands tell
1835 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1836 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1837
1838 @example
1839 # jlink interface
1840 interface jlink
1841 @end example
1842
1843 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1844
1845
1846 @section Interface Configuration
1847
1848 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1849 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1850 more additional commands.
1851
1852 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1853 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1854 target.
1855 @end deffn
1856
1857 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1858 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1859 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1860 @end deffn
1861
1862 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1863 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1864 @end deffn
1865
1866 @section Interface Drivers
1867
1868 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1869 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1870 available at run time.
1871
1872 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1873 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1874 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1875 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1876
1877 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1878 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1879 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1880 @end deffn
1881
1882 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1883 Displays status of RTCK option.
1884 Optionally sets that option first.
1885 @end deffn
1886 @end deffn
1887
1888 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1889 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1890 This has one driver-specific command:
1891
1892 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1893 Logs some status
1894 @end deffn
1895 @end deffn
1896
1897 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1898 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1899 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1900 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1901 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1902 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1903 @end deffn
1904
1905 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1906 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1907 @end deffn
1908
1909 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1910 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1911 @end deffn
1912
1913 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1914 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1915 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1916 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1917
1918 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1919 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1920 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1921 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1922 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1923 @end deffn
1924
1925 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1926 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1927 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1928 is connected to the host.
1929 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1930 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1931 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1932 @end deffn
1933
1934 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1935 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1936 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1937 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1938 @itemize @minus
1939 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1940 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1941 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1942 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1943 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1944 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1945 @item @b{luminary_icdi} Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board
1946 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1947 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1948 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1949 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1950 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1951 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1952 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1953 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1954 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1955 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1956 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1957 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1958 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
1959 @end itemize
1960 @end deffn
1961
1962 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
1963 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
1964 default values are used.
1965 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
1966 @example
1967 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
1968 @end example
1969 @end deffn
1970
1971 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
1972 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
1973 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
1974 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
1975 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
1976 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
1977 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
1978 @end deffn
1979
1980 For example, the interface config file for a
1981 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
1982
1983 @example
1984 interface ft2232
1985 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
1986 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
1987 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
1988 @end example
1989 @end deffn
1990
1991 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
1992 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
1993 This has one driver-specific command:
1994
1995 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1996 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1997 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1998 @end deffn
1999 @end deffn
2000
2001 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2002 Segger jlink USB adapter
2003 @c command: jlink_info
2004 @c dumps status
2005 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2006 @c sets version 2 or 3
2007 @end deffn
2008
2009 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2010 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2011 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2012 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2013 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2014
2015 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2016 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2017 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2018
2019 @itemize @minus
2020 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2021 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2022 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2023 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2024 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2025 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2026 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2027 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2028 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2029 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2030 some versions of
2031 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2032 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2033 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2034 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2035 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2036 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2037 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2038 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2039 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2040 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2041 @end itemize
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2045 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
2046 the @file{/dev/parport} device
2047
2048 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2049 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2050 you may encounter a problem.
2051 @end deffn
2052
2053 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2054 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2055 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2056 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2057 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2058 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2059
2060 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2061 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2062 @quotation Tip
2063 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2064 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2065 @example
2066 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2067 > jtag_khz 500
2068 @end example
2069 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2070 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2071 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2072 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2073 large set of samples.
2074 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2075 @example
2076 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2077 @end example
2078 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2079 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2080
2081 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2082 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2083 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2084 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2085 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2086 @end quotation
2087 @end deffn
2088
2089 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
2090 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2091 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
2092 @end deffn
2093
2094 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2095 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
2096
2097 @example
2098 interface parport
2099 parport_port 0xc8b8
2100 parport_cable wiggler
2101 @end example
2102 @end deffn
2103
2104 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2105 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2106 @c command: presto_serial str
2107 @c sets serial number
2108 @end deffn
2109
2110 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2111 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2112 @end deffn
2113
2114 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2115 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2116 @end deffn
2117
2118 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2119 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2120
2121 @quotation Note
2122 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2123 which are not currently documented here.
2124 @end quotation
2125 @end deffn
2126
2127 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2128 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2129
2130 @quotation Note
2131 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2132 which are not currently documented here.
2133 @end quotation
2134
2135 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2136 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2137 No arguments: print status.
2138 @end deffn
2139
2140 @end deffn
2141
2142 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2143 @section JTAG Speed
2144 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2145 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2146 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2147 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2148 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2149 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2150 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2151 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2152 power management software that may be active.
2153
2154 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2155 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2156 target event handler.
2157 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2158 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2159 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2160 sets up those clocks).
2161 @xref{Target Events}.
2162 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2163 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2164 in the target config file.
2165 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2166 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2167 config file instead.
2168 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2169 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2170 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2171
2172 @example
2173 jtag_rclk 3000
2174 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2175 @end example
2176
2177 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2178 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2179 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2180 may not be the fastest solution.
2181
2182 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2183 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2184
2185 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2186 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2187 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2188 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2189 than the speed specified.
2190
2191 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2192 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2193 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2194 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2195
2196 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2197 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2198 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2199 JTAG clocking after setup.
2200 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2201 If the interface device can not
2202 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2203 @end deffn
2204
2205 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2206 @cindex adaptive clocking
2207 @cindex RTCK
2208 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2209 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2210 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2211 @example
2212 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2213 jtag_rclk 3000
2214 @end example
2215 @end defun
2216
2217 @node Reset Configuration
2218 @chapter Reset Configuration
2219 @cindex Reset Configuration
2220
2221 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2222 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2223 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2224 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2225 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2226 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2227 Please see the various board files for examples.
2228
2229 @quotation Note
2230 To maintainers and integrators:
2231 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2232 Normally the board configuration file
2233 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2234 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2235
2236 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2237 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2238 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2239 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2240 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2241 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2242 @end quotation
2243
2244 @section Types of Reset
2245
2246 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2247 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2248 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2249
2250 @itemize @bullet
2251 @item
2252 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2253 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2254 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2255 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2256 @item
2257 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2258 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2259 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2260 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2261 @item
2262 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2263 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2264 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2265 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2266 @item
2267 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2268 several other types of reset.
2269 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2270 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2271 There may be individual module resets.
2272 @end itemize
2273
2274 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2275 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2276 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2277 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2278 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2279 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2280 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2281 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2282 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2283
2284 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2285 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2286
2287 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2288 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2289 common issues are:
2290
2291 @itemize @bullet
2292
2293 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2294 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2295 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2296 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2297 when either of those signals is not connected.
2298 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2299 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2300 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2301 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2302
2303 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2304 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2305 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2306 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2307
2308 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2309 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2310 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2311 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2312 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2313 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2314 hardware debouncing.
2315 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2316 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2317
2318 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2319 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2320 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2321 to use push/pull output drivers.
2322 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2323 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2324 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2325 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2326
2327 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2328 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2329 issues (not limited to errata).
2330 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2331 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2332 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2333 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2334 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2335 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2336 @end itemize
2337
2338 There can also be other issues.
2339 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2340 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2341 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2342 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2343 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2344 Agreement (NDA).
2345
2346 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2347 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2348 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2349
2350 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2351 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2352
2353 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2354
2355 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2356 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2357 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2358 allowing it to be deasserted.
2359 @end deffn
2360
2361 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2362 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2363 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2364 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2365 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2366 @end deffn
2367
2368 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2369 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2370 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2371 allowing it to be deasserted.
2372 @end deffn
2373
2374 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2375 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2376 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2377 @end deffn
2378
2379 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2380 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2381 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2382 configuration scripts.
2383
2384 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2385 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2386 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2387 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2388 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2389 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2390 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2391 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2392
2393 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2394 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2395 @var{gates},
2396 @var{trst_type},
2397 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2398 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2399 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2400 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2401 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2402 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2403
2404 @itemize
2405 @item
2406 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2407 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2408 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2409 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2410 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2411
2412 @quotation Tip
2413 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2414 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2415 @end quotation
2416
2417 @item
2418 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2419 signal implementations.
2420 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2421 indicating everything behaves normally.
2422 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2423 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2424 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2425 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2426 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2427 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2428 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2429
2430 @item
2431 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2432 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2433 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2434 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2435 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2436 while SRST is asserted.
2437 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2438 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2439 @end itemize
2440
2441 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2442 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2443 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2444 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2445 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2446
2447 @itemize
2448 @item
2449 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2450 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2451 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2452 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2453
2454 @item
2455 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2456 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2457 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2458 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2459 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2460 @end itemize
2461 @end deffn
2462
2463 @section Custom Reset Handling
2464 @cindex events
2465
2466 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2467 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2468 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2469 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2470 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2471 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2472
2473 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2474 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2475 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2476 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2477 want to reset everything at once.
2478
2479 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2480 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2481 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2482 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2483 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2484 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2485 needs special attention.
2486
2487 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2488 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2489 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2490 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2491 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2492 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2493 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2494 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2495
2496 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2497 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2498 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2499 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2500 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2501
2502 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2503 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2504 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2505 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2506 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2507 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2508 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2509 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2510 or potentially some other value.
2511
2512 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2513 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2514 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2515 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2516 (or their associated targets)
2517 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2518
2519 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2520 they return.
2521 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2522 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2523 @end deffn
2524
2525 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2526 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2527 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2528 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2529 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2530 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2531 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2532 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2533 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2534 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2535 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2536 @end deffn
2537
2538 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2539 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2540 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2541 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2542 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2543 @end deffn
2544
2545
2546 @node TAP Declaration
2547 @chapter TAP Declaration
2548 @cindex TAP declaration
2549 @cindex TAP configuration
2550
2551 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2552 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2553
2554 @itemize @bullet
2555 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2556 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2557 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2558 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2559 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2560 start running that code.
2561 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2562 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2563 and missing connections
2564 @end itemize
2565
2566 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2567 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2568 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2569 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2570 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2571
2572 @section Scan Chains
2573 @cindex scan chain
2574
2575 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2576 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2577 They also need to be added to
2578 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2579 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2580 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2581 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2582 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2583 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2584 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2585 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2586
2587 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2588 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2589 command, presented in the next chapter.
2590 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2591 debugging targets.)
2592 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2593
2594 @verbatim
2595 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2596 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2597 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2598 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2599 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2600 @end verbatim
2601
2602 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2603 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2604 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2605 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2606 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2607 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2608 until they are told to do so.
2609
2610 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2611 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2612 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2613 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2614
2615 @example
2616 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2617 @end example
2618
2619 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2620 by a given chip.
2621 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2622 and so forth.
2623 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2624 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2625 a single chip and between them.
2626 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2627
2628 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2629 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2630 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2631 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2632 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2633 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2634 includes commands something like this:
2635
2636 @example
2637 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2638 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2639 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2640 @end example
2641
2642 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2643 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2644 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2645
2646 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2647 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2648 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2649 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2650 @example
2651 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2652 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2653 @}
2654 @end example
2655 @end deffn
2656
2657 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2658 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2659 and their status.
2660 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2661 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2662 but systems with a JTAG router can
2663 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2664 @end deffn
2665
2666 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2667 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2668
2669 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2670 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2671
2672 @section TAP Names
2673 @cindex dotted name
2674
2675 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2676 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2677 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2678 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2679 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2680 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2681 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2682 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2683
2684 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2685 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2686 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2687
2688 @quotation Tip
2689 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2690 This feature is still present.
2691 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2692 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2693 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2694 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2695 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2696 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2697 @end quotation
2698
2699 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2700
2701 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2702 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2703 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2704 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2705 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2706
2707 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2708 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2709 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2710 overridable.
2711
2712 @cindex TAP naming convention
2713 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2714 and should follow this convention:
2715
2716 @itemize @bullet
2717 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2718 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2719 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2720 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2721 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2722 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2723 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2724 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2725 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2726 with a single TAP;
2727 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2728 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2729 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2730 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2731 @end itemize
2732
2733 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2734
2735 @itemize @bullet
2736 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2737 @*The length in bits of the
2738 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2739 @end itemize
2740
2741 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2742
2743 @itemize @bullet
2744 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2745 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2746 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2747 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2748 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2749 (the TAP is linked in).
2750 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2751 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2752 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2753 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2754 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2755 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2756 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2757 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2758 values that were found but not included in the list.
2759
2760 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2761 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2762 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2763 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2764 hardware to find these values.
2765 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2766 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2767 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2768 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2769 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2770 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2771 the various chip IDs.
2772 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2773 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2774 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2775 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2776 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2777 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2778 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2779 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2780 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2781 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2782 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2783 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2784 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2785 @end itemize
2786 @end deffn
2787
2788 @section Other TAP commands
2789
2790 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2791 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2792 At this writing this TAP attribute
2793 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2794 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2795 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2796 See the next section for information about the available events.
2797
2798 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2799 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2800 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2801 @end deffn
2802
2803 @anchor{TAP Events}
2804 @section TAP Events
2805 @cindex events
2806 @cindex TAP events
2807
2808 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2809 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2810 The other applies to debugger targets,
2811 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2812
2813 The TAP events currently defined are:
2814
2815 @itemize @bullet
2816 @item @b{post-reset}
2817 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2818 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2819 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2820 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2821 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2822
2823 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2824 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2825 of any particular target.
2826 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2827 @item @b{setup}
2828 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2829 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2830 @item @b{tap-disable}
2831 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2832 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2833 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2834 @item @b{tap-enable}
2835 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2836 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2837 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2838 @end itemize
2839
2840 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2841 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2842 contents to be accurate), you might:
2843
2844 @example
2845 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2846 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2847 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2848 @}
2849 @end example
2850
2851
2852 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2853 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2854 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2855 @cindex jrc
2856
2857 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2858 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2859 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2860 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2861 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2862
2863 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2864 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2865 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2866 be visible.
2867 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2868 ignores, such as:
2869
2870 @itemize
2871 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2872 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2873 TAPs receive new instructions.
2874 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2875 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2876 @end itemize
2877
2878 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2879 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2880 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2881 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2882
2883 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2884 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2885
2886 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2887 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2888 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2889 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2890 should define TAP event handlers using
2891 code that looks something like this:
2892
2893 @example
2894 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2895 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2896 @}
2897 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2898 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2899 @}
2900 @end example
2901
2902 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2903
2904 @example
2905 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2906 @end example
2907
2908 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2909 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2910 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2911 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2912
2913 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2914 If necessary, disables the tap
2915 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2916 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2917 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2918 and "0" if it is disabled.
2919 @end deffn
2920
2921 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
2922 If necessary, enables the tap
2923 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
2924 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2925 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2926 and "0" if it is disabled.
2927 @end deffn
2928
2929 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
2930 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2931 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2932 and "0" if it is disabled.
2933
2934 @quotation Note
2935 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
2936 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
2937 @end quotation
2938 @end deffn
2939
2940 @anchor{Autoprobing}
2941 @section Autoprobing
2942 @cindex autoprobe
2943 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
2944
2945 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
2946 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
2947 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
2948 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
2949
2950 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
2951 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
2952 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
2953 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
2954 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
2955 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
2956 right when they come out of reset).
2957
2958 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
2959
2960 @example
2961 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
2962 reset_config trst_and_srst
2963 jtag_rclk 8
2964 @end example
2965
2966 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
2967 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
2968
2969 @enumerate
2970 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
2971 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
2972 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
2973 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
2974 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
2975 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
2976 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
2977 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
2978 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
2979 that is discovered.
2980 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
2981 register, it will report it.
2982 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
2983 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
2984 @end enumerate
2985
2986 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
2987 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
2988 that's a bit more complex:
2989
2990 @example
2991 clock speed 8 kHz
2992 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
2993 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
2994 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
2995 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
2996 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2997 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2998 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
2999 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3000 @end example
3001
3002 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3003 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3004 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3005 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3006 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3007 and so forth.
3008
3009 @node CPU Configuration
3010 @chapter CPU Configuration
3011 @cindex GDB target
3012
3013 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3014 You can also access these targets without GDB
3015 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3016 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3017 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3018 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3019
3020 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3021 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3022
3023 @section Target List
3024 @cindex target, current
3025 @cindex target, list
3026
3027 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3028 where each member has a name.
3029 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3030 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3031 (plural!) command.
3032 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3033 look like with more than one:
3034 @verbatim
3035 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3036 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3037 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3038 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3039 @end verbatim
3040
3041 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3042 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3043 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3044 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3045 space seen by that current target.
3046 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3047 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3048 are examples; and there are many more.
3049
3050 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3051
3052 @deffn Command {target count}
3053 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3054 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3055 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3056
3057 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3058 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3059 @example
3060 set c [target count]
3061 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3062 # Assuming you have created this function
3063 print_target_details $x
3064 @}
3065 @end example
3066 @end deffn
3067
3068 @deffn Command {target current}
3069 Returns the name of the current target.
3070 @end deffn
3071
3072 @deffn Command {target names}
3073 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3074 @example
3075 foreach t [target names] @{
3076 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3077 @}
3078 @end example
3079 @end deffn
3080
3081 @deffn Command {target number} number
3082 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3083 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3084
3085 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3086 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3087 @example
3088 set thename [target number $x]
3089 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3090 @end example
3091 @end deffn
3092
3093 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3094 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3095
3096 @deffn Command targets [name]
3097 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3098 command names are singular.}
3099
3100 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3101 targets in a user friendly form.
3102
3103 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3104 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3105 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3106 @end deffn
3107
3108 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3109 @cindex target type
3110 @cindex CPU type
3111 @cindex CPU variant
3112
3113 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3114 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3115 when calling @command{target create}.
3116 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3117 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3118 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3119 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3120 what core-specific commands may be available
3121 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3122 and more.
3123
3124 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3125 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3126 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3127 worked around in some chip versions.
3128
3129 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3130 since there's a command to list them.
3131 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3132 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3133
3134 @anchor{target types}
3135 @deffn Command {target types}
3136 Lists all supported target types.
3137 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3138
3139 @itemize @bullet
3140 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3141 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3142 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3143 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3144 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3145 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3146 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3147 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3148 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3149 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3150 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3151 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3152 @itemize @minus
3153 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3154 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3155 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3156 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3157 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3158 @end itemize
3159 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3160 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3161 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3162 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3163 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3164 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3165 @itemize @minus
3166 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3167 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3168 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3169 processor.
3170 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3171 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3172 @end itemize
3173 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3174 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3175 There are several variants defined:
3176 @itemize @minus
3177 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3178 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3179 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3180 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3181 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3182 @end itemize
3183 @end itemize
3184 @end deffn
3185
3186 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3187 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3188 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3189 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3190 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3191 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3192 reflect design generations;
3193 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3194 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3195
3196 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3197 @section Target Configuration
3198
3199 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3200 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3201 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3202 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3203 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3204
3205 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3206 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3207 optional parts.
3208 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3209 command, created as part of target creation.
3210
3211 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3212 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3213 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3214 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3215 to be much more board-specific.
3216 The key steps you use might look something like this
3217
3218 @example
3219 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3220 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3221 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3222 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3223 @end example
3224
3225 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3226 on-chip SRAM.
3227 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3228 writes to target memory;
3229 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3230 GDB memory checksumming;
3231 and more.
3232
3233 @quotation Warning
3234 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3235 inaccessible when application code
3236 (such as an operating system)
3237 enables or disables the MMU.
3238 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3239 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3240 easy access to other addresses needed.
3241 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3242 @end quotation
3243
3244 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3245 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3246 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3247 controllers.
3248 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3249 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3250 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3251
3252 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3253 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3254 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3255 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3256 purposes including additional configuration.
3257
3258 @itemize @bullet
3259 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3260 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3261 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3262 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3263
3264 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3265 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3266 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3267 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3268 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3269 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3270 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3271 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3272
3273 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3274 @end itemize
3275 @end deffn
3276
3277 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3278 The options accepted by this command may also be
3279 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3280 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3281 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3282
3283 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3284 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3285 and changing its endianness or variant.
3286
3287 @itemize @bullet
3288
3289 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3290 used to access this target.
3291
3292 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3293 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3294
3295 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3296 @xref{Target Events}.
3297 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3298 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3299 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3300 same event name assigns only one handler.
3301
3302 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3303 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3304
3305 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3306 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3307 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3308 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3309 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3310 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3311 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3312
3313 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3314 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3315 or virtual address is being used.
3316
3317 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3318 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3319
3320 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3321 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3322 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3323 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3324 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3325
3326 @end itemize
3327 @end deffn
3328
3329 @section Other $target_name Commands
3330 @cindex object command
3331
3332 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3333 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3334
3335 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3336 Once a button is created a button
3337 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3338 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3339 configure it like this:
3340
3341 @example
3342 # Create
3343 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3344 # Modify
3345 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3346 # Query
3347 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3348 # Report
3349 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3350 @end example
3351
3352 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3353 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3354
3355 @example
3356 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3357 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3358 @end example
3359
3360 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3361
3362 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3363 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3364 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3365 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3366 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3367 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3368 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3369 They are not otherwise documented here.
3370 @end deffn
3371
3372 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3373 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3374 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3375 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3376 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3377 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3378 the target side uses raw memory.
3379
3380 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3381 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3382 The script orientation comes from working with data
3383 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3384 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3385 and neither store nor return those values.
3386
3387 @itemize
3388 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3389 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3390 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3391 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3392 @end itemize
3393 @end deffn
3394
3395 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3396 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3397 @command{$target_name configure}
3398 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3399 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3400 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3401 There are a few special cases:
3402
3403 @itemize @bullet
3404 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3405 event named @var{event_name}.
3406 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3407 two parameters.
3408 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3409 This is a special case because this is set using
3410 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3411 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3412 @end itemize
3413
3414 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3415 all the targets you might use something like this:
3416
3417 @example
3418 foreach name [target names] @{
3419 set y [$name cget -endian]
3420 set z [$name cget -type]
3421 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3422 $x $name $y $z]
3423 @}
3424 @end example
3425 @end deffn
3426
3427 @anchor{target curstate}
3428 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3429 Displays the current target state:
3430 @code{debug-running},
3431 @code{halted},
3432 @code{reset},
3433 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3434 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3435 @end deffn
3436
3437 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3438 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3439 currently associated with this target.
3440 @xref{Target Events}.
3441 @end deffn
3442
3443 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3444 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3445 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3446 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3447 @end deffn
3448
3449 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3450 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3451 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3452 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3453 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3454 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3455 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3456 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3457 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3458 @end deffn
3459
3460 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3461 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3462 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3463 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3464 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3465 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3466 @end deffn
3467
3468 @anchor{Target Events}
3469 @section Target Events
3470 @cindex target events
3471 @cindex events
3472 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3473 For example:
3474 @itemize @bullet
3475 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3476 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3477 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3478 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3479 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3480 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3481 to set up system clocks or
3482 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3483 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3484 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3485 @end itemize
3486
3487 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3488 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3489 @command{target create ... -event}.
3490
3491 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3492 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3493 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3494
3495 @example
3496 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3497 echo "Reset..."
3498 reset halt
3499 @}
3500 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3501 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3502 echo "Reset..."
3503 reset halt
3504 @}
3505 @end example
3506
3507 The following target events are defined:
3508
3509 @itemize @bullet
3510 @item @b{debug-halted}
3511 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3512 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3513 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3514 @item @b{early-halted}
3515 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3516 @ignore
3517 @item @b{examine-end}
3518 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3519 @item @b{examine-start}
3520 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3521 @end ignore
3522 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3523 @* When GDB connects
3524 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3525 @* When GDB disconnects
3526 @item @b{gdb-end}
3527 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3528 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3529 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3530 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3531 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3532 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3533 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3534 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3535 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3536 @item @b{gdb-start}
3537 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3538 @item @b{halted}
3539 @* The target has halted
3540 @ignore
3541 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3542 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3543 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3544 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3545 @end ignore
3546 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3547 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3548 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3549 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3550 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3551 @item @b{reset-assert}
3552 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3553 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3554 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3555 it instead of asserting SRST.
3556 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3557 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3558 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3559 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3560 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3561 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3562 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3563 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3564 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3565 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3566 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3567 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3568 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3569 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3570 released on the scan chain.
3571 @item @b{reset-end}
3572 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3573 @ignore
3574 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3575 @* Currently not used
3576 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3577 @* Currently not used
3578 @end ignore
3579 @item @b{reset-init}
3580 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3581 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3582
3583 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3584 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3585 multiplexing, and so on.
3586 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3587 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3588 @item @b{reset-start}
3589 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3590 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3591
3592 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3593 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3594 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3595 @ignore
3596 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3597 @* Currently not used
3598 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3599 @* Currently not used
3600 @end ignore
3601 @item @b{resume-start}
3602 @* Before any target is resumed
3603 @item @b{resume-end}
3604 @* After all targets have resumed
3605 @item @b{resume-ok}
3606 @* Success
3607 @item @b{resumed}
3608 @* Target has resumed
3609 @end itemize
3610
3611
3612 @node Flash Commands
3613 @chapter Flash Commands
3614
3615 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3616 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3617 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3618 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3619 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3620 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3621 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3622 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3623 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3624
3625 Flash Steps:
3626 @enumerate
3627 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3628 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3629 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3630 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3631 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3632 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3633 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3634 @item GDB Flashing
3635 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3636 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3637 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3638 @end enumerate
3639
3640 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3641 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3642 so that it can't boot.
3643 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3644 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3645
3646 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3647 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3648 @cindex flash configuration
3649
3650 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3651 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3652 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3653 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3654 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3655 see the driver-specific documentation.
3656
3657 @itemize @bullet
3658 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3659 in other flash commands.
3660 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3661 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3662 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3663 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3664 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3665 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3666 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3667 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3668 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3669 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3670 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3671 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3672 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3673 commands to the flash controller.
3674 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3675 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3676 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3677 for more information.
3678 @end itemize
3679 @quotation Note
3680 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3681 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3682 @end quotation
3683 @end deffn
3684
3685 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3686 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3687 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3688 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3689 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3690 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3691 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3692 @end deffn
3693
3694 @deffn Command {flash list}
3695 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3696 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3697 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3698 @end deffn
3699
3700 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3701 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3702 depends on the flash type.
3703 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3704 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3705 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3706 but most don't bother.
3707 @end deffn
3708
3709 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3710 @cindex flash erasing
3711 @cindex flash reading
3712 @cindex flash writing
3713 @cindex flash programming
3714
3715 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3716 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3717 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3718 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3719 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3720
3721 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3722 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3723 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3724 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3725 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3726
3727 @quotation Note
3728 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3729 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3730 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3731 back to a flash bank.
3732 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3733 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3734 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3735 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3736 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3737 @end quotation
3738
3739 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3740 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3741 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3742 disabled first.
3743 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3744 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3745 @xref{flash protect}.
3746
3747 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3748 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3749 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3750 up to and including @var{last}.
3751 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3752 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3753 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3754 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3755 @end deffn
3756
3757 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3758 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3759 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3760 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3761 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3762 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3763 @end deffn
3764
3765 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3766 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3767 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3768 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3769 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3770 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3771 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3772 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3773 before issuing this command.
3774 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3775 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3776 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3777 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3778 @end deffn
3779 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3780
3781 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3782 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3783 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3784 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3785 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3786 @end deffn
3787
3788 @anchor{flash write_image}
3789 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3790 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3791 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3792 to the base address for each section in the image.
3793 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3794 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3795 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3796 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3797 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3798 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3799 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3800 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3801 each image segment.
3802 @end deffn
3803
3804 @section Other Flash commands
3805 @cindex flash protection
3806
3807 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3808 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3809 and display that status.
3810 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3811 This is the only operation that
3812 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3813 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3814 to get updated information.
3815 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3816 @end deffn
3817
3818 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3819 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3820 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3821 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3822 @end deffn
3823
3824 @anchor{flash protect}
3825 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3826 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3827 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3828 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3829 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3830 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3831 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3832 @end deffn
3833
3834 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3835 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3836 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3837 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3838 @end deffn
3839
3840 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3841 @section Flash Driver List
3842 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3843 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3844 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3845
3846 @subsection External Flash
3847
3848 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3849 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3850 @cindex CFI
3851 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3852 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3853 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3854 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3855 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3856 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3857 configure a bus and its timings), or
3858 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3859 on the flash chip.
3860 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3861 speed up operation.
3862
3863 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3864
3865 @itemize
3866 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3867 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3868 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3869 @end itemize
3870
3871 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3872 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3873
3874 @example
3875 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3876 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3877 @end example
3878
3879 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
3880 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
3881 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
3882
3883 @example
3884 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
3885 @end example
3886
3887 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3888 @end deffn
3889
3890 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3891
3892 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3893 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3894 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3895 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3896 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3897 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
3898
3899 @example
3900 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3901 @end example
3902 @end deffn
3903
3904 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
3905 @cindex at91sam3
3906 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
3907 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
3908 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
3909 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
3910 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
3911 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
3912 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
3913 chips are confirmed.}
3914
3915 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
3916 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
3917 the following fixed locations:
3918
3919 @example
3920 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
3921 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3922 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
3923 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3924 @end example
3925
3926 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
3927 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
3928 to the @command{flash bank} command:
3929
3930 @itemize
3931 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
3932 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
3933 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
3934 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
3935 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
3936 @end itemize
3937
3938 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
3939
3940 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
3941 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
3942 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
3943 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
3944 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
3945 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
3946 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
3947
3948 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
3949 modifies that GPNVM bit.
3950 @end deffn
3951
3952 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
3953 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
3954 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
3955 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
3956 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
3957 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
3958 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
3959 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
3960 @end deffn
3961
3962 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
3963 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
3964 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
3965 @end deffn
3966 @end deffn
3967
3968 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
3969 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
3970 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
3971 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
3972 register, and autoconfigures itself.
3973
3974 @example
3975 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3976 @end example
3977
3978 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
3979 provide additional parameters in the following order:
3980
3981 @itemize
3982 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
3983 @item @var{banks}
3984 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
3985 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
3986 @item @var{pages_size}
3987 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
3988 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
3989 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
3990 @end itemize
3991
3992 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
3993 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
3994 will be autoconfigured.
3995 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
3996
3997 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
3998 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
3999 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4000 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4001 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4002
4003 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4004 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
4005 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4006 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4007 are not truly general purpose).
4008 @quotation Note
4009 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4010 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4011 @end quotation
4012 @end deffn
4013 @end deffn
4014
4015 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4016 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4017 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4018 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4019 @end deffn
4020
4021 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4022 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4023 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4024 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4025 and executed.
4026 @end deffn
4027
4028 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4029 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4030 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4031
4032 @quotation Note
4033 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4034 driver:
4035 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4036 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4037 @end quotation
4038
4039 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4040 which must appear in the following order:
4041
4042 @itemize
4043 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4044 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4045 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4046 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4047 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4048 at which the core is running
4049 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4050 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4051 @end itemize
4052
4053 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4054
4055 @example
4056 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4057 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4058 @end example
4059
4060 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4061 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4062 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4063 @end deffn
4064 @end deffn
4065
4066 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4067 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4068 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4069 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4070 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4071 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4072
4073 @example
4074 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4075 @end example
4076 @end deffn
4077
4078 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4079 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4080 from NXP.
4081
4082 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4083 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4084 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4085 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4086 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4087 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4088 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4089 you start the PLL.
4090
4091 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4092
4093 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4094 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4095 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4096
4097 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4098 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4099 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4100 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4101 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4102 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4103 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4104
4105 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4106 @example
4107 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4108 @end example
4109
4110 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4111 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4112 @code{flash banks} command.
4113
4114 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4115 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4116 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4117 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4118 a known signature.
4119 Example:
4120 @example
4121 lpc2900 signature 0
4122 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4123 @end example
4124 @end deffn
4125
4126 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4127 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4128 saves it to a file in binary format.
4129 Example:
4130 @example
4131 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4132 @end example
4133 @end deffn
4134
4135 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4136 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4137 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4138 command:
4139
4140 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4141 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4142 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4143 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4144
4145 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4146 Example:
4147 @example
4148 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4149 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4150 @end example
4151 @end deffn
4152
4153 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4154 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4155 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4156 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4157 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4158 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4159 912 bytes.
4160 @quotation Attention
4161 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4162 @end quotation
4163 Example:
4164 @example
4165 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4166 @end example
4167 @end deffn
4168
4169 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4170 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4171 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4172 after the next power cycle.
4173 @quotation Attention
4174 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4175 @end quotation
4176 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4177 Example:
4178 @example
4179 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4180 flash info 0
4181 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4182 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4183 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4184 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4185 @end example
4186 @end deffn
4187
4188 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4189 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4190 effective after the next power cycle.
4191 @quotation Attention
4192 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4193 @end quotation
4194 Examples:
4195 @example
4196 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4197 @end example
4198 @end deffn
4199 @end deffn
4200
4201 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4202 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4203
4204 @example
4205 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4206 @end example
4207 @end deffn
4208
4209 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4210 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4211 and integrate flash memory.
4212 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4213
4214 @example
4215 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4216 @end example
4217
4218 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4219 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4220 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4221 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4222 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4223 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4224 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4225 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4226 @end deffn
4227 @end deffn
4228
4229 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4230 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4231 Texas Instruments
4232 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4233 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4234 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4235 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4236 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4237 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4238
4239 @example
4240 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4241 @end example
4242 @end deffn
4243
4244 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4245 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4246 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4247 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4248 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4249
4250 @example
4251 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4252 @end example
4253
4254 Some stm32x-specific commands
4255 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4256 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4257 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4258 are defined:
4259
4260 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4261 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4262 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4263 @end deffn
4264
4265 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4266 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4267 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4268 @end deffn
4269
4270 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4271 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4272 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4273 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4274 @end deffn
4275
4276 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4277 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4278 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4279 @end deffn
4280 @end deffn
4281
4282 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4283 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4284 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4285 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4286 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4287
4288 @example
4289 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4290 @end example
4291
4292 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4293 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4294 for the specified flash bank.
4295 @end deffn
4296 @end deffn
4297
4298 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4299 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4300 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4301 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4302 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4303
4304 @example
4305 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4306 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4307 @end example
4308
4309 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4310 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4311 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4312
4313 @itemize @bullet
4314 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4315 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4316 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4317 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4318 @end itemize
4319 @end deffn
4320
4321 @end deffn
4322
4323 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4324 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4325 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4326 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4327
4328 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4329
4330 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4331 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4335 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4336 @end deffn
4337
4338 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4339 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4340 the flash clock.
4341 @end deffn
4342 @end deffn
4343
4344 @subsection str9xpec driver
4345 @cindex str9xpec
4346
4347 Here is some background info to help
4348 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4349 the str9:
4350 @enumerate
4351 @item
4352 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4353 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4354 @item
4355 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4356 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4357 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4358 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4359 @end enumerate
4360
4361 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4362 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4363 configured for flash bank 0.
4364 @example
4365 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4366 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4367 jtag_reset 0 1
4368 # turn off target polling
4369 poll off
4370 # disable str9 core
4371 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4372 # read option bytes
4373 str9xpec options_read 0
4374 # re-enable str9 core
4375 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4376 poll on
4377 reset halt
4378 @end example
4379 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4380 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4381 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4382 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4383
4384 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4385 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4386 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4387 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4388 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4389
4390 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4391
4392 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4393 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4394 @end deffn
4395
4396 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4397 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4398 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4399 @end deffn
4400
4401 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4402 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4403 erase the device.
4404 @end deffn
4405
4406 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4407 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4408 @end deffn
4409
4410 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4411 Configure str9 boot bank.
4412 @end deffn
4413
4414 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4415 Configure str9 lvd source.
4416 @end deffn
4417
4418 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4419 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4420 @end deffn
4421
4422 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4423 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4424 @end deffn
4425
4426 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4427 Read str9 option bytes.
4428 @end deffn
4429
4430 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4431 Write str9 option bytes.
4432 @end deffn
4433
4434 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4435 unlock str9 device.
4436 @end deffn
4437
4438 @end deffn
4439
4440
4441 @section mFlash
4442
4443 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4444 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4445
4446 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4447 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4448 address @var{base}.
4449 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4450 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4451
4452 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4453
4454 @example
4455 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4456 @end example
4457
4458 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4459
4460 @example
4461 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4462 @end example
4463 @end deffn
4464
4465 @subsection mFlash commands
4466 @cindex mFlash commands
4467
4468 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4469 Configure mflash PLL.
4470 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4471 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4472 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4473 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4474 @end deffn
4475
4476 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4477 Configure bootable option.
4478 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4479 (4kB) for boot.
4480 @end deffn
4481
4482 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4483 Configure storage information.
4484 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4485 written.
4486 @end deffn
4487
4488 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4489 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4490 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4491 @end deffn
4492
4493 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4494 Probe mflash.
4495 @end deffn
4496
4497 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4498 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4499 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4500 @end deffn
4501
4502 @node NAND Flash Commands
4503 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4504 @cindex NAND
4505
4506 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4507 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4508 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4509
4510 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4511 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4512 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4513 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4514 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4515 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4516
4517 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4518 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4519 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4520 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4521 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4522 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4523 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4524 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4525 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4526 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4527
4528 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4529 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4530 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4531 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4532 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4533 every 512 bytes of data.
4534
4535 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4536 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4537 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4538 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4539 ECC mode is used.
4540
4541 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4542 @enumerate
4543 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4544 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4545 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4546 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4547 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4548 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4549 to access that device.
4550 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4551 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4552 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4553 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4554 de-brick a board.
4555 @end enumerate
4556
4557 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4558 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4559 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4560 are only 32 bits wide.
4561 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4562 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4563 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4564 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4565
4566 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4567 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4568 @cindex NAND configuration
4569
4570 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4571 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4572 OpenOCD has initialized.
4573
4574 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name controller target [configparams...]
4575 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4576 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4577 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4578 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4579 they were a single (larger) device.
4580 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4581 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4582
4583 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4584 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4585 configuration files, not interactively.
4586
4587 @itemize @bullet
4588 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4589 in other commands.
4590 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4591 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4592 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4593 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4594 commands to the NAND controller.
4595 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4596 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4597 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4598 for more information.
4599 @end itemize
4600 @end deffn
4601
4602 @deffn Command {nand list}
4603 Prints a summary of each device declared
4604 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4605 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4606 @example
4607 > nand list
4608 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4609 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4610 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4611 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4612 >
4613 @end example
4614 @end deffn
4615
4616 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4617 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4618 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4619 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4620 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4621 it with most other NAND commands.
4622 @end deffn
4623
4624 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4625
4626 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4627 @cindex NAND reading
4628 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4629 starting at the specified offset.
4630 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4631
4632 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4633 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4634
4635 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4636 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4637 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4638
4639 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4640 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4641 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4642 method which handled that error correction.
4643
4644 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4645 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4646 @itemize @bullet
4647 @item no oob_* parameter
4648 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4649 @item @code{oob_raw}
4650 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4651 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4652 spare areas associated with each data page.
4653 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4654 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4655 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4656 @item @code{oob_only}
4657 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4658 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4659 spare areas associated with each data page.
4660 @end itemize
4661 @end deffn
4662
4663 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4664 @cindex NAND erasing
4665 @cindex NAND programming
4666 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4667 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4668 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4669 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4670 If those parameters are not specified,
4671 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4672 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4673
4674 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4675 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4676 block marker.
4677 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4678 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4679 @end deffn
4680
4681 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4682 @cindex NAND writing
4683 @cindex NAND programming
4684 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4685 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4686 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4687 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4688
4689 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4690 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4691
4692 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4693 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4694 past the end of the device.
4695 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4696 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4697 if that's being written.)
4698
4699 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4700 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4701 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4702
4703 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4704 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4705 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4706 @itemize @bullet
4707 @item no oob_* parameter
4708 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4709 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4710 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4711 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4712 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4713 @item @code{oob_only}
4714 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4715 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4716 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4717 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4718 @item @code{oob_raw}
4719 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4720 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4721 un-altered OOB.
4722 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4723 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4724 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4725 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4726 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4727 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4728 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4729 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4730 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4731 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4732 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4733 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4734 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4735 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4736 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4737 @end itemize
4738 @end deffn
4739
4740 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4741 @cindex NAND verification
4742 @cindex NAND programming
4743 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4744 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4745 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4746
4747 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4748 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4749
4750 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4751 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4752 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4753 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4754 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4755
4756 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4757 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4758 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4759
4760 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4761 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4762 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4763 be removed in a future release.
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @section Other NAND commands
4767 @cindex NAND other commands
4768
4769 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4770 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4771 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4772 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4773 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4774 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4775 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4776 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4777
4778 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4779 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4780 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4781 @end deffn
4782
4783 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4784 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4785 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4786 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4787 status for each block.
4788 @end deffn
4789
4790 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4791 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4792 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4793
4794 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4795 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4796 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4797 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4798 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4799
4800 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4801 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4802 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4803 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4804 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4805 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4806 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4807 @end deffn
4808
4809 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4810 @section NAND Driver List
4811 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4812 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4813 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4814
4815 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4816 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4817 chips from Texas Instruments.
4818 It takes three extra parameters:
4819 address of the NAND chip;
4820 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4821 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4822 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4823 @example
4824 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4825 @end example
4826 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4827 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4828 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4829 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4830 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4834 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4835 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4836 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4837 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4838 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4839 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4840 @end deffn
4841
4842 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4843 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4844 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4845 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4846 @end deffn
4847 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4848
4849 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4850 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4851 parameter: the address of the controller.
4852 @example
4853 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4854 @end example
4855 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4856 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4857 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4858 change any behavior.
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4862 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
4863 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
4864 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
4865 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
4866 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
4867 specialized commands.
4868 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4869 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4870 change any behavior.
4871 @end deffn
4872
4873 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
4874 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
4875 @cindex PLD
4876 @cindex FPGA
4877
4878 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
4879 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
4880 OpenOCD can support programming them.
4881 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
4882 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
4883 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
4884 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
4885
4886 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
4887
4888 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
4889 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
4890 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
4891
4892 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
4893 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
4894
4895 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
4896 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
4897 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
4898 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
4899 behavior.
4900 @end deffn
4901
4902 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
4903 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
4904 @end deffn
4905
4906 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
4907 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
4908 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
4909 @end deffn
4910
4911 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
4912
4913 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
4914 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
4915 that particular type of PLD.
4916
4917 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
4918 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
4919 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
4920 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
4921 and one driver-specific command is defined.
4922
4923 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
4924 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
4925 for FPGA @var{num}.
4926 @end deffn
4927 @end deffn
4928
4929 @node General Commands
4930 @chapter General Commands
4931 @cindex commands
4932
4933 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
4934 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
4935 commands are documented elsewhere.
4936
4937 Intent:
4938 @itemize @bullet
4939 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
4940 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
4941 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
4942 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
4943
4944 @item @b{From the human}
4945 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
4946 or via GDB (default port 3333).
4947
4948 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
4949 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
4950 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
4951
4952 @item @b{Machine Interface}
4953 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
4954 port is 5555.
4955 @end itemize
4956
4957
4958 @section Daemon Commands
4959
4960 @deffn {Command} exit
4961 Exits the current telnet session.
4962 @end deffn
4963
4964 @c note EXTREMELY ANNOYING word wrap at column 75
4965 @c even when lines are e.g. 100+ columns ...
4966 @c coded in startup.tcl
4967 @deffn {Command} help [string]
4968 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
4969 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
4970 Not every command provides helptext.
4971 @end deffn
4972
4973 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
4974 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
4975 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
4976 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
4977 Useful in connection with script files
4978 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
4979 @end deffn
4980
4981 @deffn Command shutdown
4982 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
4983 @end deffn
4984
4985 @anchor{debug_level}
4986 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
4987 @cindex message level
4988 Display debug level.
4989 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
4990 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
4991 Level 0 is error messages only;
4992 level 1 adds warnings;
4993 level 2 adds informational messages;
4994 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
4995 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
4996 the command line along with the location of that log
4997 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
4998 @xref{Running}.
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5002 Default disabled.
5003 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5004
5005 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5006 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5007 individually overridden.
5008
5009 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5010 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5011 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5012
5013 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5014
5015 @example
5016 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5017 @end example
5018 @end deffn
5019
5020 @deffn Command echo message
5021 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5022 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5023 @example
5024 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5025 @end example
5026 @end deffn
5027
5028 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5029 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5030 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5031 @end deffn
5032
5033 @anchor{Target State handling}
5034 @section Target State handling
5035 @cindex reset
5036 @cindex halt
5037 @cindex target initialization
5038
5039 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5040 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5041 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5042 a current target which is used to perform the
5043 various operations. The current target may be changed
5044 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5045 target which should become current.
5046
5047 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5048 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5049 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5050 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5051 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5052
5053 @emph{With no arguments}:
5054 list all available registers for the current target,
5055 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5056 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5057 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5058 are flagged as such.
5059
5060 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5061
5062 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5063 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5064 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5065 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5066 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5067 relevant module will flush such values.
5068
5069 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5070 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5071
5072 @example
5073 > reg
5074 ===== ARM registers
5075 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5076 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5077 (2) r2 (/32)
5078 ...
5079 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5080 >
5081 @end example
5082 @end deffn
5083
5084 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5085 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5086 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5087 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5088 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5089 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5090 (and enter debug mode).
5091 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5092
5093 @quotation Warning
5094 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5095 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5096 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5097 power mode by gating the core clock;
5098 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5099
5100 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5101 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5102 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5103 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5104 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5105 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5106
5107 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5108 work with a JTAG debugger.
5109 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5110 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5111 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5112 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5113 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5114 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5115 @end quotation
5116
5117 @end deffn
5118
5119 @deffn Command resume [address]
5120 Resume the target at its current code position,
5121 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5122 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5123 @end deffn
5124
5125 @deffn Command step [address]
5126 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5127 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5128 @end deffn
5129
5130 @anchor{Reset Command}
5131 @deffn Command reset
5132 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5133 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5134 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5135 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5136 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5137 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5138
5139 The optional parameter specifies what should
5140 happen after the reset.
5141 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5142 The other options will not work on all systems.
5143 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5144
5145 @itemize @minus
5146 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5147 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5148 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5149 @end itemize
5150 @end deffn
5151
5152 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5153 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5154 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5155 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5156 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5157 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5158 state.
5159 @end deffn
5160
5161 @section I/O Utilities
5162
5163 These commands are available when
5164 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5165 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5166 notably the ZY1000.
5167 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5168
5169 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5170
5171 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5172 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5173 the text file @file{filename}.
5174 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5175 The last string is followed by a newline.
5176 @end deffn
5177
5178 @deffn Command cat filename
5179 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5180 @end deffn
5181
5182 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5183 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5184 into @file{dest_filename}.
5185 @end deffn
5186
5187 @deffn Command ip
5188 @emph{No description provided.}
5189 @end deffn
5190
5191 @deffn Command ls
5192 @emph{No description provided.}
5193 @end deffn
5194
5195 @deffn Command mac
5196 @emph{No description provided.}
5197 @end deffn
5198
5199 @deffn Command meminfo
5200 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5201 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5202 @end deffn
5203
5204 @deffn Command peek
5205 @emph{No description provided.}
5206 @end deffn
5207
5208 @deffn Command poke
5209 @emph{No description provided.}
5210 @end deffn
5211
5212 @deffn Command rm filename
5213 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5214 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5215 @end deffn
5216
5217 @deffn Command trunc filename
5218 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5219 @end deffn
5220
5221 @anchor{Memory access}
5222 @section Memory access commands
5223 @cindex memory access
5224
5225 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5226 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5227 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5228 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5229
5230 @enumerate
5231 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5232 to change the current target.
5233 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5234 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5235 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5236 @end enumerate
5237
5238 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5239 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5240 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5241 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5242 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5243 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5244 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5245 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5246 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5247 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5248 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5249 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5250 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5251 @end deffn
5252
5253 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5254 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5255 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5256 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5257 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5258 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5259 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5260 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5261 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5262 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5263 @end deffn
5264
5265
5266 @anchor{Image access}
5267 @section Image loading commands
5268 @cindex image loading
5269 @cindex image dumping
5270
5271 @anchor{dump_image}
5272 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5273 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5274 binary file named @var{filename}.
5275 @end deffn
5276
5277 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5278 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5279 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5280 @end deffn
5281
5282 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5283 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5284 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5285 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5286 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5287 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5288 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5289 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5290 separately.
5291 @end deffn
5292
5293 @anchor{load_image}
5294 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5295 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5296 The file format may optionally be specified
5297 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5298 @end deffn
5299
5300 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5301 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5302 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5303 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5304 The file format may optionally be specified
5305 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5306 @end deffn
5307
5308 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5309 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5310 The file format may optionally be specified
5311 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5312 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5313 @end deffn
5314
5315
5316 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5317 @cindex breakpoint
5318 @cindex watchpoint
5319
5320 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5321 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5322 watchpoints.
5323 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5324
5325 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5326 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5327 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5328 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5329 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5330 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5331
5332 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5333 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5334 @end deffn
5335
5336 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5337 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5341 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5342 @end deffn
5343
5344 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5345 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5346 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5347 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5348 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5349 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5350 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5351 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5352 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5353 @end deffn
5354
5355 @section Misc Commands
5356
5357 @cindex profiling
5358 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5359 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5360 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5361 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5362 @end deffn
5363
5364 @deffn Command {version}
5365 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5366 @end deffn
5367
5368 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5369 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5370 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5371 @end deffn
5372
5373 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5374 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5375 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5376 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5377
5378 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5379 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5380 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5381 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5382
5383 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5384 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5385 @cindex tracing
5386 @cindex ETM
5387 @cindex ETB
5388
5389 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5390 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5391 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5392
5393 @itemize
5394 @item
5395 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5396 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5397 supports such an interface.
5398 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5399 and trace port support.)
5400 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5401 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5402 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5403 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5404 in the board-specific configuration file.
5405 @item
5406 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5407 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5408 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5409 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5410 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5411 @end itemize
5412
5413 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5414
5415 @quotation Issues
5416 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5417 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5418
5419 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5420 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5421 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5422 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5423 dummy trace port driver}.
5424
5425 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5426 as well as tracing only during specific states
5427 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5428
5429 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5430 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5431 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5432 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5433 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5434
5435 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5436 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5437 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5438 this original style of JTAG access.
5439 @end quotation
5440
5441 @subsection ETM Configuration
5442 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5443
5444 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5445 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5446 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5447
5448 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5449 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5450 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5451 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5452 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5453 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5454 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5455 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5456 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5457
5458 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5459 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5460 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5461
5462 @quotation Warning
5463 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5464 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5465 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5466 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5467 @end quotation
5468
5469 @quotation Note
5470 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5471 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5472 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5473 what CPU activities are traced.
5474 @end quotation
5475 @end deffn
5476
5477 @deffn Command {etm info}
5478 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5479 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5480 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5481 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5482 @end deffn
5483
5484 @deffn Command {etm status}
5485 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5486 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5487 Did trace data overflow?
5488 Was it triggered?
5489 @end deffn
5490
5491 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5492 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5493 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5494 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5495 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5496
5497 @itemize
5498 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5499 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5500 The value is one of
5501 @option{none} (save nothing),
5502 @option{data} (save data),
5503 @option{address} (save addresses),
5504 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5505 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5506 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5507 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5508 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5509 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5510 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5511 trace stream without an image of the code.
5512 @end itemize
5513 @end deffn
5514
5515 @deffn Command {etm trigger_percent} [percent]
5516 This displays, or optionally changes, the trace port driver's
5517 behavior after the ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5518 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5519 trace trigger becomes active.
5520
5521 @itemize
5522 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5523 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5524 afterwards.
5525 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5526 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5527 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5528 what caused that event to happen.
5529 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5530 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5531 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5532 how the event caused trouble.
5533 @end itemize
5534 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5535 @end deffn
5536
5537 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5538
5539 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5540 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5541 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5542
5543 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5544 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5545 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5546 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5547 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5548 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5549 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5550
5551 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5552
5553 @itemize
5554 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5555 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5556 for instruction access within that function's body.
5557 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5558 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5559 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5560 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5561 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5562 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5563 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5564 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5565 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5566 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5567 @item @emph{... more}
5568 @end itemize
5569
5570 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5571 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5572
5573 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5574 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5575 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5576 @end deffn
5577
5578 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5579 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5580 @end deffn
5581
5582 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5583 Opens an image file.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5587 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5588 @end deffn
5589
5590 @deffn Command {etm start}
5591 Starts trace data collection.
5592 @end deffn
5593
5594 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5595 Stops trace data collection.
5596 @end deffn
5597
5598 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5599 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5600
5601 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5602
5603 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5604 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5605 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5606 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5607 any trace data collection.}
5608 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5609 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5610 @end deffn
5611 @end deffn
5612
5613 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5614 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5615 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5616 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5617 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5618 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5619 @end deffn
5620 @end deffn
5621
5622 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5623 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5624 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5625 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5626 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5627
5628 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5629 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5630
5631 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5632 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5633 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5634 @end deffn
5635
5636 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5637 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5638 @end deffn
5639
5640 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5641 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5642 @end deffn
5643 @end deffn
5644
5645
5646 @section Generic ARM
5647 @cindex ARM
5648
5649 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5650 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5651 commands that may be available.
5652
5653 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5654 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5655 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5656 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5657 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5658 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5659 @end deffn
5660
5661 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5662 @cindex disassemble
5663 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5664 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5665 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5666 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5667 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5668 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5669 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5670
5671 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5672 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5673 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5674 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5675 with a handful of exceptions.
5676 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5677 @end deffn
5678
5679 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5680 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5681 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5682 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5683 and using the MCR instruction.
5684 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5685 an ARM register.)
5686 @end deffn
5687
5688 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5689 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5690 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5691 and the MRC instruction.
5692 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5693 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5694 an ARM register.)
5695 @end deffn
5696
5697 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5698 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5699 core mode if necessary.
5700 @end deffn
5701
5702 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5703 @cindex ARMv4
5704 @cindex ARMv5
5705
5706 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5707 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5708 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5709 variant.
5710
5711 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5712 @cindex ARM7
5713 @cindex ARM9
5714
5715 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5716 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5717 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5718 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5719
5720 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5721 Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5722 instead of breakpoints. This should be
5723 safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
5724 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5725 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5726 @end deffn
5727
5728 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5729 @cindex DCC
5730 Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
5731 amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5732 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5733 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5734 @end deffn
5735
5736 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5737 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5738 Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
5739 the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5740 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5741 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5742 @end deffn
5743
5744 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5745 @cindex ARM semihosting
5746 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
5747
5748 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
5749 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
5750 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
5751 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
5752 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
5753 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
5754 @end deffn
5755
5756 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5757 @cindex ARM720T
5758
5759 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5760 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5761 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5762 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5763
5764 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
5765 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5766 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5767 @end deffn
5768
5769 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5770 @cindex ARM9
5771
5772 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5773 integer processors.
5774 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5775
5776 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5777 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5778 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5779 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5780
5781 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5782 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5783 @cindex vector_catch
5784 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5785 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5786 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5787 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5788 to those hardware vectors.
5789
5790 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5791 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5792 vector catch hardware to intercept
5793 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5794 @option{none} of them,
5795 or a list with one or more of the following:
5796 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5797 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5798 @end deffn
5799
5800 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5801 @cindex ARM920T
5802
5803 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5804 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5805 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5806 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5807 and ARM9 commands.
5808
5809 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5810 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5811 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5812 @end deffn
5813
5814 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5815 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5816 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5817 @end deffn
5818
5819 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5820 Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
5821 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5822 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5823 or using zero if no other address is not provided.
5824 @end deffn
5825
5826 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5827 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
5828 @end deffn
5829
5830 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
5831 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
5832 @end deffn
5833
5834 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
5835 @cindex ARM926ej-s
5836
5837 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
5838 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
5839 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
5840 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5841 and ARM9 commands.
5842
5843 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
5844 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
5845
5846 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
5847 Print information about the caches found.
5848 @end deffn
5849
5850 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
5851 @cindex ARM966E
5852
5853 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
5854 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5855 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5856 and ARM9 commands.
5857
5858 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
5859 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5860 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5861 @end deffn
5862
5863 @subsection XScale specific commands
5864 @cindex XScale
5865
5866 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
5867
5868 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
5869 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
5870 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
5871 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
5872 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
5873 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
5874 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
5875
5876 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
5877 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
5878 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
5879 vector_table} command.
5880
5881 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
5882 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
5883 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
5884 code layout in memory:
5885 @example
5886 _vectors:
5887 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5888 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5889 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5890 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5891 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5892 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5893 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5894 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5895 .org 0x100
5896 .long real_reset_vector
5897 .long real_ui_handler
5898 .long real_swi_handler
5899 .long real_pf_abort
5900 .long real_data_abort
5901 .long 0 /* unused */
5902 .long real_irq_handler
5903 .long real_fiq_handler
5904 @end example
5905
5906 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
5907 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
5908 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
5909 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
5910
5911
5912 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
5913 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5914
5915 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
5916 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
5917 @end deffn
5918
5919 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
5920 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
5921 @end deffn
5922
5923 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
5924 Displays information about the CPU caches.
5925 @end deffn
5926
5927 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
5928 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5929 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
5933 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
5934 @end deffn
5935
5936 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5937 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
5941 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
5942 @end deffn
5943
5944 @deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5945 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
5946 @end deffn
5947
5948 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5949 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
5950 @end deffn
5951
5952 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
5953 Enables or disables the trace buffer,
5954 and controls how it is emptied.
5955 @end deffn
5956
5957 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
5958 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
5959 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
5960 The image @var{type} may be one of
5961 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
5962 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
5963 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
5964 @end deffn
5965
5966 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
5967 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
5968 @cindex vector_catch
5969 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
5970 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
5971
5972 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
5973 @example
5974 0x01 Trap Reset
5975 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
5976 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
5977 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
5978 0x10 Trap Data Abort
5979 0x20 reserved
5980 0x40 Trap IRQ
5981 0x80 Trap FIQ
5982 @end example
5983 @end deffn
5984
5985 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
5986 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [<low|high> <index> <value>]
5987 @cindex vector_table
5988
5989 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
5990 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
5991 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
5992 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
5993 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
5994
5995 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
5996
5997 @end deffn
5998
5999 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6000 @cindex ARMv6
6001
6002 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6003 @cindex ARM11
6004
6005 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
6006 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6007 which is enabled by default. Burst writes are only used
6008 for memory writes larger than 1 word. Single word writes
6009 are likely to be from reset init scripts and those writes
6010 are often to non-memory locations which could easily have
6011 many wait states, which could easily break burst writes.
6012 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6013 @end deffn
6014
6015 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
6016 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6017 which is enabled by default.
6018 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6019 @end deffn
6020
6021 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
6022 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6023 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6024 they are disabled by default.
6025 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6026 @end deffn
6027
6028 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6029 @cindex vector_catch
6030 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6031 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6032 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6033
6034 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6035 for certain hardware events.
6036 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6037 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6038 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6039 @end deffn
6040
6041 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6042 @cindex ARMv7
6043
6044 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6045 @cindex Debug Access Port
6046 @cindex DAP
6047 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6048 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6049 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6050
6051 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6052 Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6053 @end deffn
6054
6055 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6056 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6057 @end deffn
6058
6059 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6060 Displays id register from AP @var{num},
6061 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6062 @end deffn
6063
6064 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6065 Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
6066 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6067 @end deffn
6068
6069 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6070 Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
6071 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6072 @end deffn
6073
6074 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6075 @cindex Cortex-M3
6076
6077 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6078 @cindex disassemble
6079 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6080 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6081 @end deffn
6082
6083 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6084 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6085 @end deffn
6086
6087 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6088 @cindex vector_catch
6089 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6090 for certain hardware events.
6091
6092 Parameters request interception of
6093 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6094 @option{none} of them,
6095 or one or more of the following:
6096 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6097 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6098 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6099 @option{irq_err},
6100 @option{state_err},
6101 @option{chk_err}, or
6102 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6103 @option{reset}.
6104 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6105 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6106 are mapped to HardFault.
6107 UsageFault checks for
6108 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6109 must also be explicitly enabled.
6110
6111 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6112 @end deffn
6113
6114 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6115 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6116 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6117 @cindex tracing
6118 @cindex libdcc
6119 @cindex DCC
6120 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6121 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6122 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6123 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6124
6125 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6126 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6127 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6128 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6129 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6130 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6131
6132 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6133 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6134 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6135 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6136 The target being debugged may
6137 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6138 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6139 each supported by a command:
6140
6141 @itemize
6142 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6143 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6144 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6145 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6146
6147 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6148 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6149 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6150
6151 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6152 and then displayed at any time.
6153 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6154
6155 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6156 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6157 @end itemize
6158
6159 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6160 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6161 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6162 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6163 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6164 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6165 does the same thing.
6166
6167 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6168 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6169 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6170 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6171 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6172
6173 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6174 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6175 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6176 @end deffn
6177
6178 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6179 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6180 in the order they triggered.
6181 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6182 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6183 history records.
6184 @end deffn
6185
6186 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6187 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6188 they have been triggered.
6189 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6190 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6191 and associates it with that identifier.
6192
6193 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6194 are not related except by this command.
6195 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6196 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6197 @end deffn
6198
6199
6200 @node JTAG Commands
6201 @chapter JTAG Commands
6202 @cindex JTAG Commands
6203 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6204 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6205 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6206 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6207 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6208
6209 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6210 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6211
6212 @itemize @bullet
6213 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6214 devices such as a CPUs.
6215 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6216 standard state machine (in parallel)
6217 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6218 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6219 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6220 while the reading previous ones.
6221 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6222 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6223 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6224 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6225 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6226 registers.
6227 @end itemize
6228
6229 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6230
6231 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6232 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6233 the order of TAP state transitions.
6234 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6235 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6236 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6237
6238 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6239 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6240 that specify the entire register.
6241 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6242 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6243 The return value holds the original value of each
6244 of those fields.
6245
6246 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6247 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6248 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6249 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6250 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6251
6252 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6253 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6254
6255 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6256 in that state.
6257 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6258 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6259 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6260
6261 @quotation Warning
6262 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6263 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6264 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6265 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6266 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6267 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6268 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6269 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6270 @end quotation
6271 @end deffn
6272
6273 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6274 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6275 This may be used for performance tuning.
6276
6277 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6278 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6279 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6280 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6281 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6282 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6286 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6287 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6288 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6289 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6290 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6291
6292 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6293 in that state.
6294 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6295 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6296 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6297
6298 @quotation Note
6299 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6300 register values, unlike data register values.
6301 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6302 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6303 @end quotation
6304 @end deffn
6305
6306 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6307 Set values of reset signals.
6308 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6309 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6310 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6311 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6312 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6313 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6314 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6315
6316 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6317 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6318 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6319 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6320 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6321 instead of the TRST signal.
6322 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6323 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6324 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6325 with handlers for that event.
6326 @end deffn
6327
6328 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6329 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6330 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6331 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6332 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6333 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6334 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6335 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6336 The final state must also be stable.
6337 @end deffn
6338
6339 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6340 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6341 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6342 Instructions often need some time
6343 to execute before they take effect.
6344 @end deffn
6345
6346 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6347 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6348
6349 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6350 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6351 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6352 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6353 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6354 @end deffn
6355
6356 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6357 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6358 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6359 must also be enabled.
6360 Default is enabled.
6361 @end deffn
6362
6363 @section TAP state names
6364 @cindex TAP state names
6365
6366 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6367 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6368 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6369 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6370
6371 @itemize @bullet
6372 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6373 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6374 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6375 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6376 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6377 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6378 through the data register
6379 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6380 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6381 for update or more shifting
6382 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6383 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6384 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6385 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6386 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6387 through the instruction register
6388 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6389 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6390 for update or more shifting
6391 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6392 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6393 @end itemize
6394
6395 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6396 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6397 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6398 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6399
6400 @itemize @bullet
6401 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6402 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6403 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6404 may not be as expected.
6405 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6406 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6407 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6408 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6409 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6410 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6411 @end itemize
6412
6413 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6414 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6415
6416 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6417 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6418 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6419 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6420
6421 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6422 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6423 @cindex SVF
6424
6425 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6426 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6427 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6428
6429 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6430 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6431 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6432 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6433 each command is logged before it is executed.
6434 @end deffn
6435
6436 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6437 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6438 @cindex XSVF
6439
6440 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6441 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6442 Xilinx devices.
6443 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6444
6445 @quotation Important
6446 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6447 @end quotation
6448
6449 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6450 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6451 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6452 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6453 that TAP.
6454 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6455 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6456 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6457 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6458 @end deffn
6459
6460 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6461 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6462 after building the software.
6463 You may find them useful:
6464
6465 @itemize
6466 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6467 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6468 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6469 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6470 @end itemize
6471
6472 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6473 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6474 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6475 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6476 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6477 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6478 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6479
6480
6481 @node TFTP
6482 @chapter TFTP
6483 @cindex TFTP
6484 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6485 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6486
6487 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6488 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6489 server (tftpd). For example,
6490
6491 @example
6492 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6493 @end example
6494
6495 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6496 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6497
6498 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6499 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6500 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6501 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6502
6503 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6504 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6505 @cindex GDB
6506 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6507 to debug remote targets.
6508 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6509
6510 @itemize
6511 @item OpenOCD itself may need to be configured. @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6512 @item GDB itself may need configuration, as shown in this chapter.
6513 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6514 that also will probably need to be configured.
6515 @end itemize
6516
6517 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6518 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6519 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6520 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6521 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6522 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6523
6524 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6525 @section Connecting to GDB
6526 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6527 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6528 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6529 errors, which has since been fixed: look up 1836 in
6530 @url{http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/gnatsweb.pl?database=gdb}
6531
6532 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6533
6534 @enumerate
6535 @item
6536 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6537 @example
6538 target remote localhost:3333
6539 @end example
6540 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6541 @item
6542 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6543 @example
6544 target remote | openocd --pipe
6545 @end example
6546 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6547 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6548 session.
6549 @end enumerate
6550
6551 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6552 GDB command line.
6553
6554 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6555
6556 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6557 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6558 packet size and the device's memory map.
6559 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6560 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6561 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6562
6563 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6564 You may need to set those up by hand.
6565 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6566 something like:
6567
6568 @example
6569 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6570 @end example
6571
6572 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6573
6574 @example
6575 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6576 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6577 @end example
6578
6579 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6580 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6581 do not have such restrictions.
6582
6583 @section Programming using GDB
6584 @cindex Programming using GDB
6585
6586 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6587 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6588 @example
6589 gdb_memory_map disable
6590 @end example
6591 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6592 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6593 working area.
6594
6595 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6596 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6597 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6598 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6599
6600 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6601 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6602
6603 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6604 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6605 @example
6606 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6607 @end example
6608
6609 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6610 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6611
6612 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6613 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6614 will be used.
6615
6616 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6617 script can be executed:
6618 @example
6619 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6620 @end example
6621
6622 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6623 can be used.
6624
6625 @node Tcl Scripting API
6626 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6627 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6628 @cindex Tcl scripts
6629 @section API rules
6630
6631 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6632 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6633 information as an argument to each proc.
6634
6635 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6636 pair list and lists.
6637
6638 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6639 list.
6640
6641 @verbatim
6642
6643 > set foo(me) Duane
6644 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6645 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6646 > set foo(duck) Donald
6647
6648 If one does this:
6649
6650 > set foo
6651
6652 The result is:
6653
6654 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6655
6656 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6657
6658 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6659 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6660 }
6661 @end verbatim
6662
6663 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6664 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6665
6666 @section Internal low-level Commands
6667
6668 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6669
6670 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6671 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6672 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6673
6674 @itemize @bullet
6675 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6676
6677 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6678 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6679
6680 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6681 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6682
6683 Return information about the flash banks
6684 @end itemize
6685
6686 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6687 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6688 called "flash_banks".
6689
6690 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6691
6692 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6693 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6694 holds one of the following values:
6695
6696 @itemize @bullet
6697 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6698 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6699 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6700 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6701 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6702 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6703 @end itemize
6704
6705 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6706
6707 @quotation Note
6708 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6709 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6710 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6711 is jim, not real tcl).
6712 @end quotation
6713
6714 @node FAQ
6715 @chapter FAQ
6716 @cindex faq
6717 @enumerate
6718 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6719 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6720 @cindex RTCK
6721 @cindex adaptive clocking
6722 @*
6723
6724 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6725 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6726 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6727 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6728
6729 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6730 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6731 work. There are 2 basic options:
6732 @enumerate
6733 @item
6734 Use a special circuit.
6735 @item
6736 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6737 @end enumerate
6738
6739 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6740 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6741 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6742 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6743 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6744 4kHz.
6745
6746 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6747 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6748 painful.
6749
6750 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6751
6752 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6753 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6754
6755 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6756 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6757 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6758 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6759 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6760
6761 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6762 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6763 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6764 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6765
6766 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6767 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6768 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6769 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6770 with a CPLD.
6771 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6772 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6773 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6774 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6775 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6776 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6777
6778 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6779
6780 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6781
6782 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6783 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6784 depending on the chips on your board.
6785 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6786 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
6787 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
6788
6789 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
6790
6791 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
6792 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
6793 tedious, it is not always practical.
6794
6795 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
6796 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
6797 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
6798 this way.
6799
6800 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
6801 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
6802 clock rate.
6803 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
6804 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
6805 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6806
6807 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
6808
6809 @example
6810 # Example: 1.234MHz
6811 jtag_khz 1234
6812 @end example
6813
6814
6815 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
6816
6817 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
6818 around Windows filenames.
6819
6820 @example
6821 > echo \a
6822
6823 > echo @{\a@}
6824 \a
6825 > echo "\a"
6826
6827 >
6828 @end example
6829
6830
6831 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
6832
6833 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
6834 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
6835 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
6836
6837 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
6838 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
6839 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
6840
6841 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
6842 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
6843 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
6844
6845 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
6846
6847 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
6848 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
6849 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
6850 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
6851
6852 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
6853 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
6854 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
6855
6856 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
6857 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
6858
6859 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
6860 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
6861 memory read caused data abort".
6862
6863 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
6864 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
6865 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
6866 be done, feel free to add this here.
6867
6868 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
6869 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
6870 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
6871 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
6872 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
6873 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
6874 gracefully stops.
6875
6876 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
6877 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
6878 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
6879
6880 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
6881 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
6882 bytes. Painful...
6883
6884
6885 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
6886 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
6887
6888 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
6889 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
6890 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
6891 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
6892 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
6893 reset, everything else should work fine.
6894
6895 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
6896 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
6897 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
6898 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
6899
6900 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
6901 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
6902 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
6903 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
6904
6905 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
6906
6907 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
6908 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
6909 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
6910 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6911
6912 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
6913 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
6914 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
6915 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
6916
6917 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
6918 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
6919 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6920
6921 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
6922 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
6923
6924 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
6925 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
6926 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
6927 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
6928 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
6929 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
6930 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
6931 clock frequency?
6932
6933 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
6934 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
6935 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
6936 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
6937 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
6938
6939 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
6940
6941 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
6942 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
6943 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
6944 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
6945 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
6946 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
6947 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
6948
6949 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
6950
6951 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
6952 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
6953 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
6954 up DRAM and loading it with code.
6955
6956 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
6957 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
6958 particular order?
6959
6960 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
6961 the same order used by the hardware.
6962
6963 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
6964 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
6965 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
6966 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
6967 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
6968 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
6969
6970 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
6971 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
6972 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
6973 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
6974
6975 @itemize @bullet
6976 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
6977 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
6978 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
6979 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
6980 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
6981 @end itemize
6982
6983 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
6984
6985 @itemize @bullet
6986 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
6987 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
6988 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
6989 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
6990 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
6991 @end itemize
6992
6993
6994 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
6995 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
6996 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
6997
6998 TODO.
6999
7000 @end enumerate
7001
7002 @node Tcl Crash Course
7003 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7004 @cindex Tcl
7005
7006 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7007 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7008 how the Tcl scripts work.
7009
7010 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7011 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7012 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7013 OpenOCD.
7014
7015 @section Tcl Rule #1
7016 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7017 @enumerate
7018 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7019 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7020 @end enumerate
7021
7022 The Tcl equal is this:
7023
7024 @enumerate
7025 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7026 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7027 @end enumerate
7028
7029 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7030 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7031
7032 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7033 There is a second pair of rules.
7034 @enumerate
7035 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7036 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7037 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7038 in Tcl.
7039 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7040 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7041 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7042 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7043 @end enumerate
7044
7045 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7046 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7047 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7048 Everything is a string}
7049
7050 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7051 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7052 difference is subtle.
7053 @enumerate
7054 @item Parse Time
7055 @item Evaluation Time
7056 @end enumerate
7057
7058 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7059 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7060 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7061
7062 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7063 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7064 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7065 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7066
7067 @itemize @bullet
7068 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7069 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7070 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7071 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7072 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7073 @example
7074 # bash example
7075 X=`date`
7076 echo "The Date is: $X"
7077 # Tcl example
7078 set X [date]
7079 puts "The Date is: $X"
7080 @end example
7081 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7082 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7083 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7084 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7085 is a string}
7086 @example
7087 set x "Dinner"
7088 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7089 @end example
7090 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7091 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7092 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7093 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7094 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7095 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7096 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7097 @end itemize
7098
7099 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7100
7101 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7102
7103 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7104
7105 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7106 the normal way.
7107
7108 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7109 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7110 line is immedatly executed.
7111
7112 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7113 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7114
7115 @subsection Command Execution
7116
7117 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7118 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7119 control flow operators.
7120
7121 Commands are executed like this:
7122
7123 @enumerate
7124 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7125 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7126 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7127 @end enumerate
7128
7129 It sort of works like this:
7130 @example
7131 for(;;)@{
7132 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7133
7134 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7135
7136 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7137 @}
7138 @end example
7139
7140 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7141 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7142 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7143 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7144 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7145 ``LookupCommand()''
7146
7147 @subsection The FOR command
7148
7149 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7150 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7151 command just like any other command.
7152
7153 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7154 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7155 are:
7156
7157 @enumerate 0
7158 @item The ascii text 'for'
7159 @item The start text
7160 @item The test expression
7161 @item The next text
7162 @item The body text
7163 @end enumerate
7164
7165 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7166 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7167 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7168 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7169
7170 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7171 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7172
7173 @example
7174 int
7175 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7176 int *argc,
7177 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7178 @end example
7179
7180 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7181 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7182 still operates in the same basic way.
7183
7184 @subsection FOR command implementation
7185
7186 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7187 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7188
7189 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7190
7191 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7192
7193 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7194 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7195 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7196
7197 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7198 expression and returns a value.
7199
7200 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7201 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7202 @example
7203 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7204
7205 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7206
7207 int
7208 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7209 int argc,
7210 char **argv )
7211 @{
7212 if( argc != 5 )@{
7213 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7214 return ERROR;
7215 @}
7216
7217 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7218
7219 // Execute the start statement.
7220 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7221
7222 // Top of loop test
7223 for(;;)@{
7224 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7225 if( i == 0 )
7226 break;
7227
7228 // Execute the body
7229 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7230
7231 // Execute the LOOP part
7232 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7233 @}
7234
7235 // Return no error
7236 SetResult( interp, "" );
7237 return SUCCESS;
7238 @}
7239 @end example
7240
7241 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7242 in the same basic way.
7243
7244 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7245
7246 @subsection source and find commands
7247 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7248 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7249 @*Remember the parsing rules
7250 @enumerate
7251 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7252 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7253 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7254 substituted on the orginal command line.
7255 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7256 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7257 @end enumerate
7258 @subsection format command
7259 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7260 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7261 @b{sprintf()}.
7262 @b{Example}
7263 @example
7264 set x 6
7265 set y 7
7266 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7267 @end example
7268 @enumerate
7269 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7270 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7271 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7272 @* Refer to Rule #1
7273 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7274 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7275 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7276 @end enumerate
7277 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7278 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7279 @example
7280 #1 Good
7281 proc someproc @{@} @{
7282 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7283 @}
7284 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7285 #2 Good - no variables
7286 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7287 #3 Good Curly Braces
7288 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7289 puts "Time: [date]"
7290 @}
7291 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7292 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7293 @end example
7294 @enumerate
7295 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7296 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7297 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7298 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7299 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7300 command.
7301 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7302 @*There are 4 examples:
7303 @enumerate
7304 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7305 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7306 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7307 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7308 @end enumerate
7309
7310 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7311 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7312 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7313
7314 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7315 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7316 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7317 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7318 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7319 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7320 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7321 @end enumerate
7322 @subsection Global Variables
7323 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7324 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7325 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7326 @example
7327 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7328 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7329 global x #Global variable X
7330 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7331 @}
7332 @end example
7333 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7334 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7335 @example
7336 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7337 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7338 # Create var name
7339 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7340 # Make it a global
7341 global $vn
7342 # Set it.
7343 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7344 @}
7345 @end example
7346 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7347 @example
7348 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7349 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7350 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7351 @}
7352 @end example
7353
7354 @include fdl.texi
7355
7356 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7357 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7358 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7359 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7360 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7361 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7362
7363 @printindex cp
7364
7365 @node Command and Driver Index
7366 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7367 @printindex fn
7368
7369 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)